blob: 38a4a1c780c2f688dab7e063892f621450c06cca [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 8.2. Last change: 2022 Jun 03
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after
183 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
184
1853. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
186 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
187 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
188
1894. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
190 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
191 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
192
193That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
194different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
195
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000196If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
197All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
199 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000201
202REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
203
204If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
205version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
206that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200207Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
208b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000209
210
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100211NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
212
213A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
214thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
215A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
216
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000217The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters, digits
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +0100218and the underscore. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*". However, Vim does not give
Bram Moolenaar75ab5902022-04-18 15:36:40 +0100219an error when using other characters. The maximum length of a group name is
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +0000220about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000221
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100222To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000223be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
224These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
225you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
226
227 *Comment any comment
228
229 *Constant any constant
230 String a string constant: "this is a string"
231 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
232 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
233 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
234 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
235
236 *Identifier any variable name
237 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
238
239 *Statement any statement
240 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
241 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
242 Label case, default, etc.
243 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
244 Keyword any other keyword
245 Exception try, catch, throw
246
247 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
248 Include preprocessor #include
249 Define preprocessor #define
250 Macro same as Define
251 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
252
253 *Type int, long, char, etc.
254 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
255 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
256 Typedef A typedef
257
258 *Special any special symbol
259 SpecialChar special character in a constant
260 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
261 Delimiter character that needs attention
262 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
263 Debug debugging statements
264
265 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
266
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200267 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268
269 *Error any erroneous construct
270
271 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
272 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
273
274The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
275For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
276The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
277highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
278after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
279
280Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
281can be used for the same group.
282
283The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
284 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
285
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200286 *hl-Ignore*
287When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
288mechanism. See |conceal|.
289
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000290==============================================================================
2913. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
292
293This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
294issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
295located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
296
297":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
298
299 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
300 |
301 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
302 |
303 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
304 | |
305 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
306 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
307 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
308 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
309 | | set yet.
310 | |
311 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
312 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
313 | |
314 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
315 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
316 |
317 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
318 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
319 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
320 | |
321 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
322 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
323 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
324 | |
325 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
326 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
327 | | *synload-4*
328 | |
329 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
330 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
331 | |
332 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
333 |
334 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
335 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
336 |
337 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
338 already loaded buffer.
339
340
341Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
342
343 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
344 |
345 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
346 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
347 | option is set to the file type.
348 |
349 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
350 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
351 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
352 | |
353 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
354 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
355 | |
356 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
357 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
358 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
359 |
360 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
361 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
362 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
363 |
364 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
365 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
366 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
367 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
368 |
369 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
370 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
371 syntax.
372
373==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003744. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000375
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003762html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200377window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000378
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200379After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
380colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
381|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
382or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200383|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
384in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200385
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000386You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
387Source the script to convert the current file: >
388
389 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
390<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200391Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
392options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
393the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
394|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000395
396Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200397- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000398- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200399- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100400 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
401 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000402
403Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
404Unix shell: >
405 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
406<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200407 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
408To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
409command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
410and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
411
412 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
413 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
414 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
415<
416 *:TOhtml*
417:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
418 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200419 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
420 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
421 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
422 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200423
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200424 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
425 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
426 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
427 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
428 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
429 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
430 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
431 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200432
433 Examples: >
434
435 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
436 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
437 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
438<
439 *g:html_diff_one_file*
440Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200441When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
442page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4431, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200444Example: >
445
446 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
447<
448 *g:html_whole_filler*
449Default: 0.
450When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
451is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
452of inserted lines.
453When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
454not set.
455>
456 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
457<
458 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
459Default: 0.
460When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4612html.vim conversion process.
462When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
463but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
464files it can take a long time!
465Example: >
466
467 let g:html_no_progress = 1
468<
469You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
470run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
471moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
472
473 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
474<
475Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
476need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
477conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
478script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
479specifying each command separately.
480
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100481 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
482When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
483as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
484current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
485have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
486differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
487your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
488
489 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
490<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200491 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100492Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200493When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
494When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
495highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
496Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
497 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
498Force to omit the line numbers: >
499 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
500Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
501 :unlet g:html_number_lines
502<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200503 *g:html_line_ids*
504Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
505When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
506inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
507takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
508pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
509view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200510(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200511javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
512For example: >
513
514 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
515 page.html#123 does the same
516
517 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
518 diff.html#42 does the same
519<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200520 *g:html_use_css*
521Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100522When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
523browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200524When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
525recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
526forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
527Example: >
528 :let g:html_use_css = 0
529<
530 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
531Default: 0.
532When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
533from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
534value of 'conceallevel'.
535When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
536|conceal|ed.
537
538Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
539included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
540 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
541 :setl conceallevel=0
542<
543 *g:html_ignore_folding*
544Default: 0.
545When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
546Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
547the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
548When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
549text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
550
551Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
552in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
553 zR
554 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
555<
556 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
557Default: 0.
558When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
559When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
560in Vim.
561
562Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
563regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
564
565This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
566>
567 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
568<
569 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
570Default: 0.
571When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
572Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
573open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
574'foldcolumn' setting.
575When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
576folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
577>
578 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
579<
580 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100581Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200582This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
583when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
584for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
585line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
586affected in this way as follows:
587 f: fold column
588 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
589 t: fold text
590 d: diff filler
591
592Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
593 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
594<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100595The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
596of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
597
598 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
599Default: "fallback"
600If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
601
602When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
603uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
604selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
605pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
606invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100607Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100608browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
609
610When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
611older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
612<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
613to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
614number of browsers, both old and new.
615
616When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
617generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
618Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
619the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
620standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200621
622 *g:html_no_invalid*
623Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100624When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
625not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
626element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
627in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
628paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
629invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
630<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
631remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200632
633 *g:html_hover_unfold*
634Default: 0.
635When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
636|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
637When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
638cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
639disabled javascript to view the folded text.
640
641Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
642feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
643normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
644they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
645>
646 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
647<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200648 *g:html_id_expr*
649Default: ""
650Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
651to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
652longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
653evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
654so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
655larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
656
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000657 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200658<
659To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
660
661 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
662<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100663Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200664evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
665windows.
666
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200667 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100668Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200669When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
670not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
671When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
672used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
673window.
674Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
675 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
676Explicitly disable wrapping: >
677 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
678Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
679 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
680<
681 *g:html_no_pre*
682Default: 0.
683When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
684tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
685characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
686When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
687used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
688references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
689text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
690old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
691the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
692>
693 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
694<
695 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100696Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
697 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
698 1 otherwise.
699When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200700number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100701When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200702are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
703allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
704the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
705indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
706
707Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
708 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
709<
710Force tabs to be expanded: >
711 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
712<
713 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
714It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
715|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
716
717If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
718for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
719'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
720set to match the chosen document encoding.
721
722Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
723|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
724wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
725encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
726below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
727
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100728Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200729the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
730
731 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
732 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
733
734 *g:html_use_encoding*
735Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
736To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
737name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
738something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
739webserver: >
740 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
741You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
742entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
743 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
744To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
745variable: >
746 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
747<
748 *g:html_encoding_override*
749Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
750 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
751This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
752specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
753list of conversions.
754
755This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
756pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
757
758Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
759 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
760<
761 *g:html_charset_override*
762Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
763 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
764 browser support.
765This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
766'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
767use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
768TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
769and UTF-32 instead, use: >
770 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
771
772Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
773compatibility problems with some major browsers.
774
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200775 *g:html_font*
776Default: "monospace"
777You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
778g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
779surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
780item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
781way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
782result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
783Examples: >
784
785 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
786 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
787
788 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
789 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
790<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200791 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
792Default: 0.
793When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
794When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
795>
796 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
797<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100798==============================================================================
7995. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
800
801 *b:current_syntax-variable*
802Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
803"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
804settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
805 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
806 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
807 :au BufReadPost * endif
808
809
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000810
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000811ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000812
813ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
814any value to the respective variable. Example: >
815 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
816To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
817 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
818
819Variable Highlight ~
820abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
821abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
822
823
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000824ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000825
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000826See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000827
828
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000829ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000830
831The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000832by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000833by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000834and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000835
836 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
837
838will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
839
840 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
841 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
842 ]]></script>
843
844See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
845
846
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000847APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000848
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100849The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
850version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000851
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000852
853 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000854ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
855 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000856
857Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
858doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
859startup vimrc: >
860 :let filetype_i = "asm"
861Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
862
863There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
864extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
865line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
866files are included:
867 asm GNU assembly (the default)
868 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
869 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
870 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
871 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
872 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
873 nasm Netwide assembly
874 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
875 MMX)
876 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
877
878The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100879 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000880Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100881one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200882immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
883equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
884between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
885particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
886highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000887
888The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
889b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000890 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000891
892If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
893the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
894language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000895 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000896
897As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
898
899
900Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
901
902To enable a feature: >
903 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
904To disable a feature: >
905 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
906
907Variable Highlight ~
908nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
909 (parser dependent; not recommended)
910nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
911nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
912
913
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000914ASPPERL and ASPVBS *ft-aspperl-syntax* *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000915
916*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
917hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
918using. For Perl script use: >
919 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
920 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
921For Visual Basic use: >
922 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
923 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
924
925
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000926BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000927
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200928The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000929for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
930are supported.
931
932Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
933in ones |.vimrc|: >
934 let baan_code_stds=1
935
936*baan-folding*
937
938Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
939mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
940source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
941
942To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
943 let baan_fold=1
944Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
945indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
946considered equal to a tab). >
947 let baan_fold_block=1
948Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000949SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000950match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
951 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000952Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000953the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
954.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
955 set foldminlines=5
956 set foldnestmax=6
957
958
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000959BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000960
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000961Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000962which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
963five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
964otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
965Basic.
966
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000967If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
968example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
969 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
970
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000971
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000972C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000973
974A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100975(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000976 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100977 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
978To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000979 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100980Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000981
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +0100982An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
983 :set filetype=cpp
984
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000985Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +0200986*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
987*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
988*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
989*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
990*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
991*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
992*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +0000993 except { and } in first column
Bram Moolenaar09521312016-08-12 22:54:35 +0200994 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
995 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100996*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
997 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +0200998*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
999*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
1000*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1001*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
1002*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001003 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001004*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1005*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1006*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1007*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1008*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001009
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001010When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1011become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1012 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001013"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1014 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001015
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001016If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1017when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1018to a larger number: >
1019 :let c_minlines = 100
1020This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1021displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1022disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1023
1024When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1025works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1026you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1027
1028To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1029Example: >
1030 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1031 :function MyCadd()
1032 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1033 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1034 : hi link cMyItem Title
1035 :endfun
1036
1037ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1038"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1039not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1040highlighting: >
1041 :hi link cConstant NONE
1042
1043If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1044highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1045
1046If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001047in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001048~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001049 syn sync fromstart
1050 set foldmethod=syntax
1051
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001052CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001053
1054C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1055the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1056
1057By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1058of C or C++: >
1059 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1060
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001061
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001062CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001063
1064Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1065that are available. Additionally there is:
1066
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001067chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1068chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1069chill_minlines like c_minlines
1070
1071
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001072CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001073
1074ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1075If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1076 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1077This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1078"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1079file).
1080
1081You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1082 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1083Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1084 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1085This works immediately.
1086
1087
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001088CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1089
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001090 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1091
1092Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1093but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1094|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1095syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001096>
1097 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001098 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1099 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001100 \ }
1101<
1102Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1103
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001104There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1105this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1106dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001107
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001108By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1109"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1110namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001111
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001112
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001113 *g:clojure_fold*
1114
1115Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1116list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1117the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1118
1119
1120 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1121
1122Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1123reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001124>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001125 #_(defn foo [x]
1126 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001127<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001128Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1129(e.g. `#_#_`).
1130
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001131
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001132COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001133
1134COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1135development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1136versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1137add this line to your .vimrc: >
1138 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1139To disable it again, use this: >
1140 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1141
1142
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001143COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001144
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001145The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001146comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1147
1148 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1149
1150The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1151
1152
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001153CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1154
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001155Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001156
1157Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001158cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001159cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001160cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1161cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001162
1163
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001164CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001165
1166This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1167used.
1168
1169Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1170symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1171between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001172"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1173>
1174 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001175
1176For using tcsh: >
1177
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001178 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001179
1180Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1181tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001182will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001183"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1184variable.
1185
1186
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001187CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001188
1189Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001190hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001191or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001192normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001193line to your .vimrc file: >
1194
1195 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1196
1197Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1198
1199 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1200
1201To disable these again, use this: >
1202
1203 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1204 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1205<
1206
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001207CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001208
1209Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1210doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1211startup vimrc: >
1212 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1213
1214
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001215DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1216
1217Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1218used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1219a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1220from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1221
1222More information about the language and its development environment at the
1223official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1224
1225dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1226type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1227and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1228framework.
1229
1230Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1231
1232https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1233
1234
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001235DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001236
1237Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001238according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001239https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1240To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1241 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1242Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1243To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1244 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1245g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001246
1247
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001248DIFF *diff.vim*
1249
1250The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1251there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1252
1253 :let diff_translations = 0
1254
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001255Also see |diff-slow|.
1256
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001257
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001258DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001259
1260The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1261provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1262the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1263versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1264uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1265line to your startup file: >
1266 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1267
1268
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001269DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001270DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1271DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001272
1273There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1274are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1275automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1276defaults to XML.
1277You can set the type manually: >
1278 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1279or: >
1280 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1281You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1282Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1283 :set filetype=docbksgml
1284or: >
1285 :set filetype=docbkxml
1286
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001287You can specify the DocBook version: >
1288 :let docbk_ver = 3
1289When not set 4 is used.
1290
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001291
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001292DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001293
1294There is one option with highlighting DOS batch files. This covers new
1295extensions to the Command Interpreter introduced with Windows 2000 and
1296is controlled by the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For Windows NT
1297this should have the value 1, and for Windows 2000 it should be 2.
1298Select the version you want with the following line: >
1299
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001300 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001301
1302If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
1303Windows 2000.
1304
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001305A second option covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001306"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1307is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001308
1309 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1310
1311If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1312
1313
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001314DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1315
1316Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001317(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1318idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001319
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001320There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1321explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1322Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001323 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1324or >
1325 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1326
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001327It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1328the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1329adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001330 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1331
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001332There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1333and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001334
1335Variable Default Effect ~
1336g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1337g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1338 doxygen comments.
1339
1340doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1341 and html_my_rendering underline.
1342
1343doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1344 colour highlighting.
1345
1346doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001347 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001348
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001349There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001350configuration.
1351
1352Highlight Effect ~
1353doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1354 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1355doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1356 \endlink from a \link section.
1357
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001358
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001359DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001360
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001361The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001362case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1363
1364 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1365
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001366The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001367this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1368
1369 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1370
1371before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1372Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1373'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1374Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1375highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001376delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001377
1378 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1379
1380The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1381
1382
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001383EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001384
1385While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001386syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1387highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001388highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1389
1390 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1391
1392Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1393
1394Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1395
1396 :let eiffel_strict=1
1397 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1398
1399Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1400five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1401"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1402
1403Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1404guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1405lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1406
1407If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1408"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1409
1410 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1411
1412instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1413
1414Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1415experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1416
1417 :let eiffel_ise=1
1418
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001419Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001420
1421 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1422
1423to your startup file.
1424
1425
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001426EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1427
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001428Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001429version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001430Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1431
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001432Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/) is still necessary
1433for developing applications for the DOS platform, which Euphoria version 4
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001434(http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
1435
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001436The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1437
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001438 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1439 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1440
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001441To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001442auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1443add the following line to your startup file: >
1444
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001445 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001446
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001447< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001448
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001449 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1450
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001451Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001452specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1453file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1454filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1455Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001456
1457
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001458ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001459
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001460Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001461the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001462
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001463The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1464put the following line in your vimrc: >
1465
1466 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1467
1468To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1469
1470 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001471
1472
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001473ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1474
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001475Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1476maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001477
1478The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1479
1480 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1481
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001482Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001483specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1484file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1485filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1486Elixir.
1487
1488
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001489FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1490
1491FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package available at http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001492NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001493development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001494
1495Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1496syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1497editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1498start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1499'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1500(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1501and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1502
1503If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1504move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1505 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1506
1507
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001508FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001509
1510The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1511modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001512following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001513J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1514
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001515If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001516redefine the following syntax groups:
1517
1518 - formConditional
1519 - formNumber
1520 - formStatement
1521 - formHeaderStatement
1522 - formComment
1523 - formPreProc
1524 - formDirective
1525 - formType
1526 - formString
1527
1528Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1529directives per default in the same syntax group.
1530
1531A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001532header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001533this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1534
1535 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1536
1537The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001538gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001539conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1540
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001541Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1542should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1543the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1544
1545If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1546example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1547 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1548
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001549
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001550FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1551
1552Files matching "*.fs" could be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection
1553doesn't work for you, or you don't edit F# at all, use this in your
1554startup vimrc: >
1555 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1556
1557
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001558FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001559
1560Default highlighting and dialect ~
Bram Moolenaar6ee8d892012-01-10 14:55:01 +01001561Highlighting appropriate for Fortran 2008 is used by default. This choice
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001562should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran 2008 is
1563almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2003, 95, 90, and 77).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001564
1565Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001566Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001567syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1568
1569When you create a new fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001570form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001571 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001572in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1573source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001574 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1575in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1576
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001577If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1578extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1579file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1580will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1581on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001582
1583When you edit an existing fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
1584source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001585fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001586neither of these variables have been set, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001587determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1588using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1589compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
1590free-source). If none of this works, then the script examines the first five
1591columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If no signs of free source form
1592are detected, then the file is assumed to be in fixed source form. The
1593algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases. In some cases, such as a
1594file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments, the script may
1595incorrectly decide that the fortran code is in fixed form. If that happens,
1596just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five columns
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01001597of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w) and then reload (:e!) the file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001598
1599Tabs in fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001600Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001601fixed format fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001602Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
1603using tabs. If your fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001604variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1605 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001606placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001607mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1608
1609Syntax folding of fortran files ~
1610If you wish to use foldmethod=syntax, then you must first set the variable
1611fortran_fold with a command such as >
1612 :let fortran_fold=1
1613to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1614is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001615subprograms, block data subprograms, interface blocks, and modules. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001616also set the variable fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
1617 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
1618then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, and select
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001619case constructs. If you also set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001620fortran_fold_multilinecomments with a command such as >
1621 :let fortran_fold_multilinecomments=1
1622then fold regions will also be defined for three or more consecutive comment
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001623lines. Note that defining fold regions can be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001624
1625If fortran_fold, and possibly fortran_fold_conditionals and/or
1626fortran_fold_multilinecomments, have been set, then vim will fold your file if
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001627you set foldmethod=syntax. Comments or blank lines placed between two program
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001628units are not folded because they are seen as not belonging to any program
1629unit.
1630
1631More precise fortran syntax ~
1632If you set the variable fortran_more_precise with a command such as >
1633 :let fortran_more_precise=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001634then the syntax coloring will be more precise but slower. In particular,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001635statement labels used in do, goto and arithmetic if statements will be
1636recognized, as will construct names at the end of a do, if, select or forall
1637construct.
1638
1639Non-default fortran dialects ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001640The syntax script supports two Fortran dialects: f08 and F. You will probably
1641find the default highlighting (f08) satisfactory. A few legacy constructs
1642deleted or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard are highlighted as todo
1643items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001644
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001645If you use F, the advantage of setting the dialect appropriately is that
1646other legacy features excluded from F will be highlighted as todo items and
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001647that free source form will be assumed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001648
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001649The dialect can be selected in various ways. If all your fortran files use
1650the same dialect, set the global variable fortran_dialect in your .vimrc prior
1651to your syntax on statement. The case-sensitive, permissible values of
1652fortran_dialect are "f08" or "F". Invalid values of fortran_dialect are
1653ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001654
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001655If the dialect depends upon the file extension, then it is most convenient to
1656set a buffer-local variable in a ftplugin file. For more information on
1657ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. For example, if all your fortran files with
1658an .f90 extension are written in the F subset, your ftplugin file should
1659contain the code >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001660 let s:extfname = expand("%:e")
1661 if s:extfname ==? "f90"
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001662 let b:fortran_dialect="F"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001663 else
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001664 unlet! b:fortran_dialect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001665 endif
1666Note that this will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command
1667precedes the "syntax on" command in your .vimrc file.
1668
1669Finer control is necessary if the file extension does not uniquely identify
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001670the dialect. You can override the default dialect, on a file-by-file basis,
1671by including a comment with the directive "fortran_dialect=xx" (where xx=F or
1672f08) in one of the first three lines in your file. For example, your older .f
1673files may be legacy code but your newer ones may be F codes, and you would
1674identify the latter by including in the first three lines of those files a
1675Fortran comment of the form >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001676 ! fortran_dialect=F
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001677
1678For previous versions of the syntax, you may have set fortran_dialect to the
1679now-obsolete values "f77", "f90", "f95", or "elf". Such settings will be
1680silently handled as "f08". Users of "elf" may wish to experiment with "F"
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001681instead.
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001682
1683The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1684comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1685non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1686or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001687items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001688
1689Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001690Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1691strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001692because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1693
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001694For further information related to fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
1695|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001696
1697
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001698FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001699
1700In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1701the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1702appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1703patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1704number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1705
1706For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1707as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1708
1709 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1710 \ set filetype=fvwm
1711
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001712GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001713
1714The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1715the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1716is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1717are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1718
1719 htmlString
1720 htmlValue
1721 htmlEndTag
1722 htmlTag
1723 htmlTagN
1724
1725Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1726java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1727group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1728correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1729to the contains clause.
1730
1731The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1732group to make them easier to see.
1733
1734
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001735GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001736
1737The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001738under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001739of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1740filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1741(see |filetype.txt|).
1742
1743
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001744HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001745
1746The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001747Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001748syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1749
1750If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1751light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1752 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1753To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1754add: >
1755 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1756To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1757 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1758And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1759 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1760If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1761your .vimrc: >
1762 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1763
1764The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1765directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001766directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1767operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001768as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1769 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1770
1771The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1772automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1773TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001774or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001775in your .vimrc >
1776 :let lhs_markup = none
1777for no highlighting at all, or >
1778 :let lhs_markup = tex
1779to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1780For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1781this variable, so e.g. >
1782 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001783will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001784set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1785loading a file.
1786
1787
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001788HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001789
1790The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1791
1792The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1793This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001794closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1795are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001796
1797Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1798names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1799makes it easy to spot errors
1800
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001801Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001802names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1803
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001804Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001805are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1806text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1807while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001808only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001809<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001810
1811If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1812following syntax groups:
1813
1814 - htmlBold
1815 - htmlBoldUnderline
1816 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1817 - htmlUnderline
1818 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1819 - htmlItalic
1820 - htmlTitle for titles
1821 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1822
1823To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1824of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1825following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1826are read during initialization) >
1827 :let html_my_rendering=1
1828
1829If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1830http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1831
1832You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1833vimrc file: >
1834 :let html_no_rendering=1
1835
1836HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1837details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1838However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001839ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001840 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1841
1842JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1843'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001844programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1845currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001846
1847Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1848
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001849There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1850written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001851following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1852(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001853>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001854 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1855 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1856
1857Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1858the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1859
1860
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001861HTML/OS (by Aestiva) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001862
1863The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1864
1865Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1866doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1867this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1868different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1869 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1870
1871Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1872
1873Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1874signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1875a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1876 :set syntax=htmlos
1877
1878Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1879block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1880
1881
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001882IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001883
1884Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1885how to recognize this filetype.
1886
1887To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1888 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1889
1890
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001891INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001892
1893Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1894most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1895to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1896 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1897
1898By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1899and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1900you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1901need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1902 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1903
1904This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1905set of highlighted system functions.
1906
1907The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1908it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1909by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1910startup sequence: >
1911 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
1912
1913By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
1914version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
1915Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
1916startup sequence: >
1917 :let inform_highlight_old=1
1918
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001919IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
1920
1921IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
1922Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
1923
1924IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
1925rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001926repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001927
1928There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
1929are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
1930
1931The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
1932
1933Variable Effect ~
1934
1935idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
1936 extensions
1937idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
1938idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
1939 quite helpful)
1940idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
1941
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001942
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001943JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001944
1945The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
1946
1947In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
1948flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001949classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
1950old way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001951 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
1952
1953All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
1954highlight them use: >
1955 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
1956
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001957You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001958download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
1959If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
1960use the following: >
1961 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
1962Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
1963
1964Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001965how you write Java code. The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001966functions:
1967
1968If you write function declarations that are always indented by either
1969a tab, 8 spaces or 2 spaces you may want to set >
1970 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
1971However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
1972supposed to be named (with respect to upper and lowercase), use >
1973 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
1974If both options do not work for you, but you would still want function
1975declarations to be highlighted create your own definitions by changing the
1976definitions in java.vim or by creating your own java.vim which includes the
1977original one and then adds the code to highlight functions.
1978
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001979In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
Bram Moolenaared203462004-06-16 11:19:22 +00001980only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001981statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001982your startup file: >
1983 :let java_highlight_debug=1
1984The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001985characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001986new highlightings for the following groups.:
1987 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
1988which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001989strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
Bram Moolenaar2547aa92020-07-26 17:00:44 +02001990have opted to choose another background for those statements.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001991
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001992Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
1993creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
1994similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
1995and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001996 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
1997 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
1998 the color change the group CommentTitle).
1999 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
2000 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002001 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002002 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
2003To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
2004 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
2005
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002006If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
2007can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
2008scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
2009actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
2010CSS. The options to use are >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002011 :let java_javascript=1
2012 :let java_css=1
2013 :let java_vb=1
2014
2015In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
2016for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
2017 :hi link javaParen Comment
2018or >
2019 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2020
2021If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2022when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
2023to a larger number: >
2024 :let java_minlines = 50
2025This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2026displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2027number is that redrawing can become slow.
2028
2029
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002030JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
2031
2032The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2033default. To disable concealment: >
2034 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2035
2036To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2037 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2038
2039
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002040LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002041
2042Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2043style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2044define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2045 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2046
2047
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002048LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002049
2050Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2051gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2052 :syn sync minlines=300
2053may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2054difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2055
2056
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002057LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2058
2059To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2060
2061 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2062<
2063
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002064LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2065
2066The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2067
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002068 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002069 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2070 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002071 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002072 of parenthesization will receive different
2073 highlighting.
2074<
2075The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2076the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2077colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2078specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002079usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002080highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2081
2082
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002083LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002084
2085There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2086
2087If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2088
2089 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2090
2091For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2092set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2093
2094 :let lite_minlines = 200
2095
2096
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002097LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002098
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002099LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002100file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2101users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2102should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2103
2104 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2105
2106If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
2107modeline. For a LPC file:
2108
2109 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2110
2111For a C file that is recognized as LPC:
2112
2113 // vim:set ft=c:
2114
2115If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2116
2117There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002118used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002119and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002120assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002121you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2122
2123 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2124
2125For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2126
2127 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2128
2129For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2130
2131 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2132
2133For uLPC series of LPC:
2134uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2135instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2136
2137
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002138LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002139
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002140The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002141the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2142lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +010021435.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this:
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002144
2145 :let lua_version = 5
2146 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002147
2148
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002149MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002150
2151Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002152quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002153signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2154whitespaces and end with a newline.
2155
2156Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002157as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002158only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2159
2160By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002161displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002162with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2163
2164 :let mail_minlines = 30
2165
2166
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002167MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002168
2169In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2170errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2171feature off by using: >
2172
2173 :let make_no_commands = 1
2174
2175
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002176MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002177
2178Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2179supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2180The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2181highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2182
2183 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2184
2185to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2186choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
21871, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2188$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2189
2190 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2191 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2192 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2193 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2194 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2195 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2196 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2197 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2198 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2199
2200
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002201MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax*
2202
2203If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2204slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
2205the start of a region, for example 500 lines: >
2206
2207 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2208
2209
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002210MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002211
2212Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2213have the following in your .vimrc: >
2214
2215 let filetype_m = "mma"
2216
2217
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002218MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002219
2220If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2221highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2222comments: >
2223
2224 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2225
2226To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2227
2228 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2229
2230To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2231'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2232
2233 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2234
2235Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2236
2237 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2238
2239To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2240
2241 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2242
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002243Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002244use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2245To enable this option: >
2246
2247 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2248
2249An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2250
2251 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2252
2253
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002254MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002255
2256There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2257
2258If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2259
2260 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2261
2262For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2263set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2264
2265 :let msql_minlines = 200
2266
2267
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002268N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2269
2270N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2271Couchbase Server databases.
2272
2273Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2274and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2275many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2276
2277
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002278NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002279
2280There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2281
2282If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2283errors, use this: >
2284
2285 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2286
2287If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2288
2289
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002290NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002291
2292The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2293activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2294can use them.
2295
2296For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002297processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002298features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2299|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002300
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002301 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002302
2303Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2304Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2305there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002306you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002307can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2308native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2309\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2310accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2311environments.
2312
2313In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2314follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2315
23161. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2317
23182. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2319 exclamation mark, etc.
2320
23213. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2322 carriage return.
2323
2324The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2325algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2326
2327Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2328furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2329vertical space input will be output as is.
2330
2331Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2332than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2333practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002334marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002335need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002336spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2337
2338 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2339
2340Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2341with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2342highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002343"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002344
2345 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2346 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2347 \ gui=reverse,bold
2348
2349If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2350with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2351file: >
2352
2353 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2354
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002355As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002356paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2357
2358Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2359groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2360
2361
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002362OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002363
2364The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2365.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2366
2367 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2368
2369you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2370by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2371
2372 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2373
2374prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2375contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2376
2377
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002378PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002379
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002380The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002381and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002382as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2383sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002384you set the variable: >
2385
2386 :let papp_include_html=1
2387
2388in your startup file it will try to syntax-hilight html code inside phtml
2389sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002390edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002391
2392The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2393http://papp.plan9.de.
2394
2395
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002396PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002397
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002398Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2399could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2400or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002401
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002402 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2403 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002404
2405The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2406provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002407Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002408enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2409following line to your startup file: >
2410
2411 :let pascal_traditional=1
2412
2413To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2414keywords, etc): >
2415
2416 :let pascal_delphi=1
2417
2418
2419The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2420*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2421operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2422
2423 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2424
2425Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2426
2427 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2428
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002429Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002430pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2431match Turbo Pascal. >
2432
2433 :let pascal_gpc=1
2434
2435or >
2436
2437 :let pascal_fpc=1
2438
2439To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2440pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2441
2442 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2443
2444If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2445will be highlighted as Error. >
2446
2447 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2448
2449
2450
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002451PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002452
2453There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2454
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002455Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2456to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2457files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002458
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002459 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002460
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002461To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002462off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002463
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002464To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2465from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002466
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002467 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002468
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002469(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2470enabled it.)
2471
2472If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2473
2474 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2475
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002476(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002477
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002478The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2479be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002480perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2481
2482 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2483 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2484 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2485
2486(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2487
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002488The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002489synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2490If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002491then you should try and switch off one of those. Let me know if you can
2492figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002493
2494One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2495
2496 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2497 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2498
2499Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2500its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2501
2502 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2503
2504If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2505
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002506 :let perl_fold = 1
2507
2508If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2509
2510 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002511
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002512Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2513this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002514
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002515 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002516
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002517Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2518via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002519
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002520 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2521
2522Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2523behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2524
2525 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002526
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002527PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002528
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002529[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002530it has been renamed to "php"]
2531
2532There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2533
2534If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2535
2536 let php_sql_query = 1
2537
2538For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2539
2540 let php_baselib = 1
2541
2542Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2543
2544 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2545
2546Using the old colorstyle: >
2547
2548 let php_oldStyle = 1
2549
2550Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2551
2552 let php_asp_tags = 1
2553
2554Disable short tags: >
2555
2556 let php_noShortTags = 1
2557
2558For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2559
2560 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2561
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002562For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002563one: >
2564
2565 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2566
2567Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2568
2569 let php_folding = 1
2570
2571Selecting syncing method: >
2572
2573 let php_sync_method = x
2574
2575x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2576x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2577x = 0 to sync from start.
2578
2579
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002580PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2581
2582TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2583variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002584see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002585
2586This syntax file has the option >
2587
2588 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2589
2590if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2591
2592
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002593PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002594
2595PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2596
2597This syntax file has the options:
2598
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002599- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002600 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002601
2602 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002603 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002604
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002605 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002606 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002607 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002608
2609 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2610
2611- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2612 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2613
2614
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002615PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002616
2617There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2618
2619If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2620
2621 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2622
2623For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2624set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2625
2626 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2627
2628
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002629POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002630
2631There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2632
2633First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2634currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2635and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2636Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2637extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2638level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2639highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2640
2641 :let postscr_level=2
2642
2643If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2644the most prevalent version currently.
2645
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002646Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002647particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2648PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2649
2650If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2651Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2652follows: >
2653
2654 :let postscr_display=1
2655
2656If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2657Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2658postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2659
2660 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2661
2662PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2663useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2664cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2665character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2666explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2667highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2668
2669 :let postscr_fonts=1
2670 :let postscr_encodings=1
2671
2672There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2673PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2674operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2675if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2676operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2677or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2678highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2679postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2680
2681 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
2682<
2683
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002684 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
2685PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002686
2687This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
2688
2689In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
2690the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
2691appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
2692patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
2693"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
2694
2695For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
2696files, add the following: >
2697
2698 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
2699 \ set filetype=ptcap
2700
2701If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
2702are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
2703internal variable to a larger number: >
2704
2705 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
2706
2707(The default is 20 lines.)
2708
2709
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002710PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002711
2712Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
2713doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
2714startup vimrc: >
2715 :let filetype_w = "progress"
2716The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
2717Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
2718 :let filetype_i = "progress"
2719 :let filetype_p = "progress"
2720
2721
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002722PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002723
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002724There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002725
2726For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002727 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002728
2729For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002730 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002731
2732For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002733 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
2734
2735For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
2736 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
2737or >
2738 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
2739(first option implies second one).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002740
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02002741For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002742 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002743
2744If you want all possible Python highlighting (the same as setting the
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002745preceding last option and unsetting all other ones): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002746 :let python_highlight_all = 1
2747
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002748Note: Only existence of these options matter, not their value. You can replace
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002749 1 above with anything.
2750
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002751QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002752
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002753The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
2754based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
2755between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
2756definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
2757to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
2758be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002759
2760set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
2761 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
2762
2763set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
2764 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
2765
2766set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
2767 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
2768
2769Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
2770commands than are actually available to you by the game.
2771
2772
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02002773R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
2774
2775The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
2776can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
2777 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
2778
2779You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
2780 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
2781
2782enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
2783braces: >
2784 let r_syntax_folding = 1
2785
2786and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
2787 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
2788
2789
2790R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
2791
2792To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
2793 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
2794
2795To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
2796 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
2797
2798To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
2799 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2800
2801By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
2802language. If you want proper syntax highlighting of chunks of other languages,
2803you should add them to either `markdown_fenced_languages` or
2804`rmd_fenced_languages`. For example to properly highlight both R and Python,
2805you may add this to your |vimrc|: >
2806 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
2807
2808
2809R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
2810
2811To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
2812 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2813
2814
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002815READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002816
2817The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002818few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002819items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
2820command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
2821 let readline_has_bash = 1
2822
2823This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
2824later, and part earlier) adds.
2825
2826
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01002827REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
2828
2829Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
2830language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
2831the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
2832
2833
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002834RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
2835
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002836Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
2837select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
2838syntax list.
2839
2840To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002841 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002842
2843To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
2844`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
2845 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002846 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
2847 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002848 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002849 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002850
2851To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
2852 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
2853
2854To enable folding of sections: >
2855 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
2856
2857Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
2858
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002859
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002860REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002861
2862If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2863when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
2864to a larger number: >
2865 :let rexx_minlines = 50
2866This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2867displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2868number is that redrawing can become slow.
2869
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02002870Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
2871comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
2872your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
2873>
2874 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
2875
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002876
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002877RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002878
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002879 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
2880 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
2881 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
2882 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
2883 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
2884
2885 *ruby_operators*
2886 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
2887
2888Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
2889
2890 :let ruby_operators = 1
2891<
2892 *ruby_space_errors*
2893 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
2894
2895Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
2896
2897 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
2898<
2899This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
2900as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
2901"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
2902spaces respectively.
2903
2904 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
2905 Ruby: Folding ~
2906
2907Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
2908
2909 :let ruby_fold = 1
2910<
2911This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
2912buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
2913filetypes.
2914
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002915Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
2916"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
2917
2918You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
2919
2920 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
2921<
2922The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
2923
2924 keyword meaning ~
2925 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
2926 ALL Most block syntax (default)
2927 NONE Nothing
2928 if "if" or "unless" block
2929 def "def" block
2930 class "class" block
2931 module "module" block
2932 do "do" block
2933 begin "begin" block
2934 case "case" block
2935 for "for", "while", "until" loops
2936 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
2937 [ Array literal
2938 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
2939 / Regexp
2940 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
2941 : Symbol
2942 # Multiline comment
2943 << Here documents
2944 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
2945
2946 *ruby_no_expensive*
2947 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002948
2949By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002950of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002951experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
2952you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002953
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002954 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002955<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002956In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
2957
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002958 *ruby_minlines*
2959
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002960If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
2961scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
2962the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002963
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002964 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002965<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002966Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
2967largest class or module.
2968
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002969 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
2970 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002971
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002972Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
2973"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002974
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002975 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002976<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00002977
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002978SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00002979
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01002980By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00002981
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01002982scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
2983Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00002984
2985
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002986SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002987
2988The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
2989of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
2990
2991The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
2992case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002993used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002994highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
2995 :let sdl_2000=1
2996
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002997This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002998keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
2999 :let SDL_no_96=1
3000
3001
3002The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3003satisfied with it for my own projects.
3004
3005
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003006SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003007
3008To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
3009highlighting on the tabs), define "highlight_sedtabs" by putting >
3010
3011 :let highlight_sedtabs = 1
3012
3013in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3014inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3015by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3016also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3017you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3018
3019Bugs:
3020
3021 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3022 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3023 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3024 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3025 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3026 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3027
3028
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003029SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003030
3031The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3032
3033The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3034This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3035closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3036defined for you)
3037
3038Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3039names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3040
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003041Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003042names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3043
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003044Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003045are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3046text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3047<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3048
3049If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3050following syntax groups:
3051
3052 - sgmlBold
3053 - sgmlBoldItalic
3054 - sgmlUnderline
3055 - sgmlItalic
3056 - sgmlLink for links
3057
3058To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3059following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3060are read during initialization) >
3061 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3062
3063You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3064vimrc file: >
3065 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3066
3067(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3068
3069
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003070 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003071SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003072
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003073This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3074shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003075
3076Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003077various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003078
3079 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3080 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3081<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003082See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3083cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3084/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3085that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3086shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3087symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003088
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003089One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003090variables in your <.vimrc>:
3091
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003092 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003093 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003094< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003095 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003096< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003097 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003098< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003099 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003100
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003101< (dash users should use posix)
3102
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003103If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3104default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003105the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3106statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003107sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003108
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003109The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3110
3111 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3112 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3113 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3114 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003115>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003116then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003117syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3118to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003119
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003120 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3121
3122If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3123when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003124to a larger number. Example: >
3125
3126 let sh_minlines = 500
3127
3128This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3129displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3130number is that redrawing can become slow.
3131
3132If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3133reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3134
3135 let sh_maxlines = 100
3136<
3137The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3138speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3139
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003140syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
3141extra ']'s, 'done's, 'fi's, etc. If you find the error handling problematic
3142for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3143the following line in your .vimrc: >
3144
3145 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3146<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003147
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003148 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3149 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003150
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003151You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3152Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3153file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3154
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003155 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003156 " ==============
3157 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3158 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3159 unlet b:current_syntax
3160 endif
3161 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3162 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3163 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3164 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3165 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3166<
3167This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3168 awk '...awk code here...'
3169be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3170extended to other languages.
3171
3172
3173SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3174(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003175
3176The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3177
3178- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3179 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3180 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3181
3182- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3183 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003184 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003185 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3186 them in the syntax file.
3187
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003188- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003189 highlighting of # style comments.
3190
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003191 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003192 number of #s.
3193
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003194 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003195 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003196
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003197 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003198 more than one #.
3199
3200Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003201PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003202fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3203the syntax file.
3204
3205
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003206SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3207 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003208 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003209
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003210While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3211custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3212SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003213
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003214Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3215scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3216supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3217buffer by buffer basis.
3218
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003219For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003220
3221
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003222SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3223
3224Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3225designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3226bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3227with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3228
3229
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003230TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003231
3232This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3233for how the filetype is detected.
3234
3235Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003236is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3237add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003238
3239 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3240
3241If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3242when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3243to a larger number: >
3244
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003245 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003246
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003247This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3248displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3249synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3250tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3251redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003252
3253
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003254TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003255 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003256
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003257 Tex Contents~
3258 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3259 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3260 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3261 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3262 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3263 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3264 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3265 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3266 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3267 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3268 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3269 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3270 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003271 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003272 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003273
3274 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003275 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003276
3277As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3278sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3279 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3280in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3281modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3282 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003283If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003284 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003285<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003286 *g:tex_nospell*
3287 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3288
3289If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3290 let g:tex_nospell=1
3291into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3292comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3293
3294 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003295 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003296
3297Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3298prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3299this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3300 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003301If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3302see |g:tex_nospell|.
3303
3304 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003305 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003306
3307Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3308one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3309want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3310 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003311<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003312 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003313 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003314
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003315The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3316highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3317texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3318terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3319as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003320special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3321 %stopzone
3322which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3323texMathZone.
3324
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003325 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003326 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003327
3328If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3329 :syn sync maxlines=200
3330 :syn sync minlines=50
3331(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003332increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003333if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3334
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003335Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3336|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3337
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003338 *g:tex_fast*
3339
3340Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3341
3342 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3343
3344in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3345highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3346synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3347price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3348folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3349
3350You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3351selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3352
3353 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3354 c : allow texComment syntax
3355 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3356 M : allow texMath syntax
3357 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3358 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3359 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3360 S : allow texStyle syntax
3361 v : allow verbatim syntax
3362 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3363<
3364As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3365but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003366(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003367
3368 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003369 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003370
3371LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3372of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3373package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3374it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3375techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003376by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3377which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3378http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003379
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003380I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3381
3382 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3383<
3384The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3385
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003386 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003387 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003388
3389The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3390although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3391errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3392you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003393 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003394and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003395
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003396 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003397 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003398
3399If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3400code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003401 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3402You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3403(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3404As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3405 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3406You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3407and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3408The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3409has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003410
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003411 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003412 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003413
3414One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3415commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3416following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3417such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3418
3419 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3420 :set ft=tex
3421
3422Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3423always accept such use of @.
3424
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003425 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003426 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003427
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003428If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3429number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3430including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3431superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3432superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3433In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3434
3435One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3436with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003437
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003438 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003439 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3440
3441You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003442<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3443for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003444
3445 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003446 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003447 d = delimiters
3448 m = math symbols
3449 g = Greek
3450 s = superscripts/subscripts
3451<
3452By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3453substitution will not be made.
3454
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003455 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3456 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3457
3458Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3459keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3460syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3461
3462 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3463 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3464 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003465 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003466 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3467 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3468 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003469 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003470
3471 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3472 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3473
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003474 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3475 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3476
3477 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3478
3479 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3480 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3481
3482 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3483 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3484 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3485 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3486
3487 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3488 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3489<
3490 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3491 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3492 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3493< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3494 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3495
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003496 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3497 Tex: Match Check Control~
3498
3499 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003500 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3501 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003502 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3503 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3504 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3505< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3506 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3507 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3508< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3509 regions, >
3510 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3511< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003512
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003513TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003514
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003515There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3516
3517For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3518set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3519
3520 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3521<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003522VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3523 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003524There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003525updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3526g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3527improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003528
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003529 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3530 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3531<
3532 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3533 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003534
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003535 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3536The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3537embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003538
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003539 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
3540 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded lua
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003541 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded mzscheme
3542 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded perl
3543 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded python
3544 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded ruby
3545 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003546<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003547By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
3548itself supports. Concatenate multiple characters to support multiple types
3549of embedded interpreters; ie. g:vimsyn_embed= "mp" supports embedded mzscheme
3550and embedded perl.
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003551 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003552
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003553Some folding is now supported with syntax/vim.vim: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003554
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003555 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3556 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3557 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003558 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold lua script
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003559 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold mzscheme script
3560 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold perl script
3561 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold python script
3562 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold ruby script
3563 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003564<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003565 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003566Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3567is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003568highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003569
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003570 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3571<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003572
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003573
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003574XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003575
3576The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3577variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3578You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3579xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3580your .vimrc. Example: >
3581 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3582When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3583
3584Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3585"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3586highlighted.
3587
3588
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003589XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003590
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003591Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003592setting a global variable: >
3593
3594 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3595<
3596 *xml-folding*
3597The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003598start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003599
3600 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3601 :set foldmethod=syntax
3602
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003603Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003604especially for large files.
3605
3606
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003607X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003608
3609xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3610XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3611you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3612
3613To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3614somewhere else with "P".
3615
3616Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3617 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00003618 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003619 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00003620 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
3621 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003622 :endfunction
3623 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3624 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3625This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3626It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3627must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3628
3629It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3630 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3631
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003632
3633YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
3634
3635 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003636A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
3637non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
3638plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
3639and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
3640integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003641will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
3642
3643Schema Description ~
3644failsafe No additional highlighting.
3645json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
3646core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003647pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
3648 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
3649 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003650 schema.
3651
3652Default schema is `core`.
3653
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003654Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
3655only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003656difference defined in the syntax file.
3657
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01003658
3659ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
3660
3661The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
3662
3663 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
3664
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003665==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010036666. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003667
3668Vim understands three types of syntax items:
3669
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000036701. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003671 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the 'iskeyword'
3672 option. It cannot contain other syntax items. It will only match with a
3673 complete word (there are no keyword characters before or after the match).
3674 The keyword "if" would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because
3675 "(" is not a keyword character and "d" is.
3676
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000036772. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003678 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
3679
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000036803. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003681 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
3682 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
3683 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
3684
3685Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
3686you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
3687to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
3688and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
3689"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
3690one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
3691This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
3692each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
3693for a lot of groups.
3694
3695Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
3696group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
3697for the syntax group with the same name.
3698
3699In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
3700defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
3701using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
3702match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
3703keyword with ignoring case.
3704
3705
3706PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
3707
3708When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
3709
37101. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
3711 defined last has priority.
37122. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
37133. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
3714 start in later positions.
3715
3716
3717DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
3718
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003719:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003720 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
3721 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
3722 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
3723 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
3724
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003725:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003726 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003727
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003728
3729DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
3730
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003731:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
3732:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003733 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
3734 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
3735
3736 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
3737 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
3738
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003739 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003740 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
3741 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
3742 may close and open horizontally within a line.
3743
3744:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003745 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
3746 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003747
3748 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
3749
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003750SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
3751
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003752:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
3753:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
3754:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003755 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
3756 in a syntax item:
3757
3758 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
3759 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
3760 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
3761
3762 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
3763 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
3764 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
3765
3766 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
3767
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003768:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003769 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
3770 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003771
3772
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003773SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
3774
3775:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
3776 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
3777 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
3778
3779 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
3780 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003781 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003782
3783 Example: >
3784 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
3785<
3786 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
3787 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
3788 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
3789
3790 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
3791
3792 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01003793 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003794 match.
3795
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02003796 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
3797 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003798 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003799
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003800DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
3801
3802:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
3803
3804 This defines a number of keywords.
3805
3806 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
3807 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3808 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
3809
3810 Example: >
3811 :syntax keyword Type int long char
3812<
3813 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
3814 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
3815 These examples do exactly the same: >
3816 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
3817 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
3818 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02003819< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003820 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
3821 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
3822 variations at once: >
3823 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
3824<
3825 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
3826 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
3827 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
3828 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
3829 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003830 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003831
3832 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
3833 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
3834 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
3835
3836 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
3837 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
3838 instead.
3839
3840 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
3841
3842 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
3843 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
3844 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003845 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003846 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
3847 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
3848< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
3849 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
3850 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
3851
3852
3853DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
3854
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003855:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
3856 [excludenl]
3857 [keepend]
3858 {pattern}
3859 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003860
3861 This defines one match.
3862
3863 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3864 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3865 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3866 extend a containing match or region. Must be
3867 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003868 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3869 match with the end pattern. See
3870 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003871 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
3872 See |:syn-pattern| below.
3873 Note that the pattern may match more than one
3874 line, which makes the match depend on where
3875 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
3876 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
3877
3878 Example (match a character constant): >
3879 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
3880<
3881
3882DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
3883 *E398* *E399*
3884:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
3885 [matchgroup={group-name}]
3886 [keepend]
3887 [extend]
3888 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003889 start={start-pattern} ..
3890 [skip={skip-pattern}]
3891 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003892 [{options}]
3893
3894 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
3895
3896 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3897 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3898 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
3899 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
3900 for the text in between the matched start and
3901 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
3902 a different group for the start or end match.
3903 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
3904 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3905 match with the end pattern. See
3906 |:syn-keepend|.
3907 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003908 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003909 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3910 extend a containing match or item. Only
3911 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
3912 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003913 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003914 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003915 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003916 the region where not to look for the end
3917 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003918 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003919 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
3920
3921 Example: >
3922 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
3923<
3924 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
3925 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
3926 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
3927 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
3928 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
3929 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
3930
3931 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
3932 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
3933 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
3934 the end patterns.
3935
3936 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
3937 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
3938 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
3939
3940 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
3941 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
3942 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
3943 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
3944
3945 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
3946 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
3947 work: >
3948 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
3949 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
3950< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
3951 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
3952 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
3953 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
3954 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
3955< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
3956 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
3957
3958 *:syn-keepend*
3959 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
3960 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
3961 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
3962 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
3963 { starts outer "{}" region
3964 { starts contained "{}" region
3965 } ends contained "{}" region
3966 } ends outer "{} region
3967 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
3968 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
3969 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
3970 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
3971 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
3972 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
3973 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
3974< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
3975 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
3976
3977 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
3978 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
3979 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
3980 contained matches.
3981 *:syn-extend*
3982 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
3983 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
3984 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
3985 extended.
3986 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
3987 others don't. Example: >
3988
3989 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
3990 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
3991 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
3992
3993< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
3994 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
3995 item does extend the htmlRef item.
3996
3997 Another example: >
3998 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
3999< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4000 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4001 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4002 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4003 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4004
4005 *:syn-excludenl*
4006 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4007 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4008 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4009 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4010 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4011 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4012 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4013 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4014 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4015 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4016 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4017 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4018 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4019
4020 *:syn-matchgroup*
4021 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4022 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4023 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4024< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4025 between with the "String" group.
4026 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4027 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4028 using a matchgroup.
4029
4030 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4031 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4032 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4033 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4034 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4035
4036 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4037 different colors: >
4038 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4039 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4040 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4041 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4042 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4043 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004044<
4045 *E849*
4046The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004047
4048==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010040497. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004050
4051The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4052The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4053and may be mixed with patterns.
4054
4055Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4056can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004057 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004058 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4059:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4060:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4061:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004062
4063These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004064 conceal
4065 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004066 contained
4067 containedin
4068 nextgroup
4069 transparent
4070 skipwhite
4071 skipnl
4072 skipempty
4073
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004074conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4075
4076When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004077Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004078'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4079concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4080edit the line.
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02004081Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004082
4083concealends *:syn-concealends*
4084
4085When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4086the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4087Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4088'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
4089in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup"
4090
4091cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004092 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004093The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4094when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4095argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004096character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4097a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004098 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004099See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004100
4101contained *:syn-contained*
4102
4103When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4104the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4105another match. Example: >
4106 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4107 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4108
4109
4110display *:syn-display*
4111
4112If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4113detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4114by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4115to be displayed.
4116
4117Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4118conditions:
4119- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4120 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4121 line.
4122- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4123 make it continue on the next line.
4124- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4125 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4126 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4127- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4128 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4129 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4130 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4131
4132Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4133- match with a number
4134- match with a label
4135
4136
4137transparent *:syn-transparent*
4138
4139If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4140itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4141is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4142only to skip over a part of the text.
4143
4144The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4145unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4146avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4147highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4148 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4149 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4150 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4151 :hi link myString String
4152 :hi link myWord Comment
4153Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4154match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4155argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4156it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4157out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004158"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004159happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4160position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4161
4162When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4163items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4164see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4165through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4166
4167 look from here
4168
4169 | | | | | |
4170 V V V V V V
4171
4172 xxxx yyy more contained items
4173 .................... contained item (transparent)
4174 ============================= first item
4175
4176The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4177transparent group.
4178
4179What you see is:
4180
4181 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4182
4183Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4184
4185
4186oneline *:syn-oneline*
4187
4188The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4189boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4190region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4191the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4192continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4193line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4194
4195When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4196pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4197end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4198means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4199be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4200line break.
4201
4202
4203fold *:syn-fold*
4204
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004205The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004206Example: >
4207 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4208 :syn sync fromstart
4209 :set foldmethod=syntax
4210This will make each {} block form one fold.
4211
4212The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4213ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4214The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004215See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4216from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004217{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4218
4219
4220 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004221contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004222
4223The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4224groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4225containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4226regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4227this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4228here.
4229
4230contains=ALL
4231 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4232 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4233
4234contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4235 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4236 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4237 are listed. Example: >
4238 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4239
4240contains=TOP
4241 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4242 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4243 argument.
4244contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4245 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4246
4247contains=CONTAINED
4248 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4249 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4250 argument.
4251contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4252 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4253 listed.
4254
4255
4256The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4257that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4258The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4259 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4260The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4261that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4262command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4263syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4264the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4265group names.
4266
4267The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4268region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4269|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4270region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4271area that is highlighted
4272
4273
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004274containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004275
4276The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4277item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4278containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4279
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004280The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004281
4282This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4283be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4284of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4285the C syntax: >
4286 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4287Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4288level.
4289
4290Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4291appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4292keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4293work.
4294
4295
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004296nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004297
4298The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4299separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4300
4301If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4302tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4303a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4304will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4305current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4306other groups. Example: >
4307 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4308 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4309 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4310
4311This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4312"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4313highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4314
4315 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4316 fff bbb fff bbb
4317
4318Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4319when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4320highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4321would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4322
4323
4324skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4325skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4326skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4327
4328These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4329used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004330 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004331 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4332 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4333
4334When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4335next group that matches the white space.
4336
4337When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4338line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4339line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4340the current item in the same line.
4341
4342When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4343groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4344for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4345space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4346
4347Example: >
4348 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4349 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4350 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4351Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4352match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4353precedence.
4354Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4355"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4356example).
4357
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004358IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4359
4360:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4361 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4362 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4363 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4364 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4365 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4366 given explicitly.
4367
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004368:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004369 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004370
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004371==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010043728. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004373
4374In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4375characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4376use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4377use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4378 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4379 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4380
4381See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004382always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004383value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4384not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4385independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4386
4387Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4388This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4389
4390 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4391The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4392change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4393match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4394are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4395pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4396
4397The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4398The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4399
4400ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4401me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4402hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4403he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4404rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4405re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4406lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4407
4408The {offset} can be:
4409
4410s start of the matched pattern
4411s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4412s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4413e end of the matched pattern
4414e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4415e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004416{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004417
4418Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4419
4420Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4421meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4422
4423 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4424match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4425region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4426region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4427region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4428
4429Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4430 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4431<
4432 some "string" text
4433 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4434
4435Notes:
4436- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4437 offset(s).
4438- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4439- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4440 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004441- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004442 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004443 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004444- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4445 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4446 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4447
4448Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4449 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4450<
4451 /* this is a comment */
4452 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4453
4454A more complicated Example: >
4455 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4456<
4457 abcfoostringbarabc
4458 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004459 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004460
4461Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4462
4463Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4464with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004465in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004466
4467The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4468be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4469cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4470characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4471used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4472specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4473
4474 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4475 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4476 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4477<
4478 ___zzzz ___wwww
4479 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4480 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4481 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4482
4483The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4484unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4485
4486
4487Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4488
4489The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4490expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4491
4492When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4493allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004494following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4495the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004496
4497The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4498continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4499matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4500halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4501previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4502is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4503 x x a
4504 b x x
4505Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4506after the "\n".
4507
4508
4509External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4510
4511These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4512
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004513 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004514 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4515 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4516 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004517
4518 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4519 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4520 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4521 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4522
4523Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4524sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4525shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4526items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4527referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4528example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4529 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4530
4531As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4532it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004533changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004534first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4535also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004536 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004537
4538Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4539indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4540to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4541Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4542within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4543sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4544the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4545
4546Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4547cannot be referred to.
4548
4549==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010045509. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004551
4552:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4553 [add={group-name}..]
4554 [remove={group-name}..]
4555
4556This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4557single name.
4558
4559 contains={group-name}..
4560 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4561 add={group-name}..
4562 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4563 remove={group-name}..
4564 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4565
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004566A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4567nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4568this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004569
4570Example: >
4571 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4572 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4573
4574As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4575retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4576to speak: >
4577 :syntax keyword A aaa
4578 :syntax keyword B bbb
4579 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4580 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4581 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4582
4583This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4584 :syntax keyword A aaa
4585 :syntax keyword B bbb
4586 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4587 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4588 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4589 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4590 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004591<
4592 *E848*
4593The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004594
4595==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100459610. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004597
4598It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4599a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4600two different ways:
4601
4602 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4603 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
4604 the |:runtime| command: >
4605
4606 " In cpp.vim:
4607 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
4608 :unlet b:current_syntax
4609
4610< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4611 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
4612 ":syntax include" command:
4613
4614:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
4615
4616 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
4617 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
4618 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
4619 that list. >
4620
4621 " In perl.vim:
4622 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
4623 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
4624<
4625 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
4626 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
4627 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
4628 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
4629 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01004630 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
4631 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004632
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004633 *E847*
4634The maximum number of includes is 999.
4635
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004636==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100463711. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004638
4639Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
4640make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
4641redrawing starts.
4642
4643:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
4644
4645There are four ways to synchronize:
46461. Always parse from the start of the file.
4647 |:syn-sync-first|
46482. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
4649 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
4650 |:syn-sync-second|
46513. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
4652 |:syn-sync-third|
46534. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
4654 |:syn-sync-fourth|
4655
4656 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
4657For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
4658limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
4659
4660If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
4661that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
4662lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
4663
4664If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
4665for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
4666adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
4667slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01004668 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004669<
4670 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
4671When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
4672cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
4673start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
4674the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
4675break use this: >
4676 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
4677The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
4678change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
4679value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
4680
4681
4682First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
4683>
4684 :syntax sync fromstart
4685
4686The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
4687accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
4688so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01004689when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004690case: to the end of the file).
4691
4692Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
4693
4694
4695Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
4696
4697For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
4698Example: >
4699 :syntax sync ccomment
4700
4701When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
4702comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
4703used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
4704An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
4705 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
4706This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
4707used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
4708region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
4709
4710The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
4711lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
4712lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
4713lines, but it hard to sync on).
4714
4715Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
4716that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
4717is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
4718chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
4719is hardly ever noticed.
4720
4721
4722Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
4723
4724For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
4725Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
4726means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
4727Example: >
4728 :syntax sync minlines=50
4729
4730"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
4731
4732
4733Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
4734
4735The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
4736sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
4737region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
4738starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
4739the search continues backwards in the file.
4740
4741This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
4742matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
4743- Keywords cannot be used.
4744- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
4745 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
4746- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
4747 forwards.
4748- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
4749 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
4750 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01004751 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004752- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
4753 group of continued lines).
4754- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
4755 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
4756 line (or group of continued lines).
4757- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
4758 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
4759 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
4760 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
4761
4762There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
47631. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
4764 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
4765 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
4766 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
47672. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
4768 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
4769 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
4770 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
4771Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
4772
4773Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
4774avoid finding unwanted matches.
4775
4776[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
4777search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
4778highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
4779faster.]
4780
4781 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
4782 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4783
4784 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
4785 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
4786 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
4787 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
4788 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
4789
4790 *syn-sync-groupthere*
4791 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4792
4793 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
4794 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
4795 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
4796 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
4797 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
4798 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
4799 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
4800 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
4801 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
4802 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
4803
4804 :syntax sync match ..
4805 :syntax sync region ..
4806
4807 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
4808 skipped while searching for a sync point.
4809
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004810 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004811 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
4812
4813 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
4814 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
4815 consider the lines to be concatenated.
4816
4817If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
4818searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
4819few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
4820 :syntax sync maxlines=100
4821
4822You can clear all sync settings with: >
4823 :syntax sync clear
4824
4825You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
4826 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
4827
4828==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100482912. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004830
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00004831This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004832
4833 :sy[ntax] [list]
4834
4835To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
4836
4837 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
4838
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02004839To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004840
4841 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
4842
4843See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
4844
4845Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
4846is mostly used, because it looks better.
4847
4848==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100484913. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004850
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004851In the next section you can find information about indivisual highlight groups
4852and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
4853of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
4854
4855 colorscheme pablo
4856<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004857 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02004858:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
4859 This is basically the same as >
4860 :echo g:colors_name
4861< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
4862 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
4863 feature it will output "unknown".
4864
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004865:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02004866 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004867 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01004868 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
4869 "start" and then under "opt".
4870
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004871 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004872 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004873
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004874You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
4875appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
4876the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
4877darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004878
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004879 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
4880 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004881<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004882For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
4883use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
4884the original color scheme: >
4885 runtime colors/evening.vim
4886 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004887
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004888Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
4889(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
4890autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
4891|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
4892
4893If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
4894using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
4895color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
4896 augroup my_colorschemes
4897 au!
4898 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
4899 augroup END
4900
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01004901Change a couple more colors: >
4902 augroup my_colorschemes
4903 au!
4904 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
4905 \ | higlight Special ctermfg=63
4906 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
4907 augroup END
4908
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004909If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
4910colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
4911 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
4912 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
4913
4914With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
4915different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
4916group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
4917you can find them here:
4918https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
4919
4920For info about writing a color scheme file: >
4921 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
4922
4923
4924==============================================================================
492514. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
4926
4927There are three types of highlight groups:
4928- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
4929 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
4930 linked to a group of the second type.
4931- The ones used for all syntax languages.
4932- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
4933 *hitest.vim*
4934You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
4935 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
4936This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
4937in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004938
4939:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
4940 attributes set.
4941
4942:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
4943 List one highlight group.
4944
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01004945 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004946:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
4947 highlighting for groups added by the user!
4948 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
4949 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02004950 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004951
4952:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
4953:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
4954 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
4955 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
4956
4957:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
4958 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004959 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00004960 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004961 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004962 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
4963 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
4964 argument.
4965
4966Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
4967default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
4968highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
4969values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
4970the default value.
4971
4972A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
4973a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
4974
4975 :hi Comment gui=bold
4976
4977Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
4978specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
4979result is like this single command has been used: >
4980 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
4981<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004982 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00004983When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
4984also tell where it was last set. Example: >
4985 :verbose hi Comment
4986< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004987 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00004988
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00004989When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
4990mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00004991
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004992 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
4993There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
4994term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01004995cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004996 termcap entry)
4997gui the GUI
4998
4999For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5000the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5001
50021. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5003
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005004 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
5005 *inverse* *italic* *standout*
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005006 *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005007term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005008 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005009 following items (in any order):
5010 bold
5011 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005012 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005013 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005014 reverse
5015 inverse same as reverse
5016 italic
5017 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005018 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005019 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5020
5021 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5022 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005023 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005024 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005025 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5026 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5027 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5028 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5029 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5030
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005031
5032start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5033stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5034 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5035 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5036
5037 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5038 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5039 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5040 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5041 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5042 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5043 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5044
5045 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5046
5047 1. A string with escape sequences.
5048 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5049 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5050 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5051 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5052
5053 2. A list of terminal codes.
5054 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5055 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5056 White space is not allowed. Example:
5057 start=t_C1,t_BL
5058 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5059
5060
50612. highlight arguments for color terminals
5062
5063cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5064 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5065 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5066 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5067 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005068 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5069 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5070 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005071
5072ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5073ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005074ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5075 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5076 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5077
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005078 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5079 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5080 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5081 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5082 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5083 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5084
5085 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5086 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5087 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5088 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5089 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005090 *tmux*
5091 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5092 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005093 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5094 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005095< More info at:
5096 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5097 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005098
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005099 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5100 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5101 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005102 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5103 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5104
5105 *cterm-colors*
5106 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5107 0 0 Black
5108 1 4 DarkBlue
5109 2 2 DarkGreen
5110 3 6 DarkCyan
5111 4 1 DarkRed
5112 5 5 DarkMagenta
5113 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5114 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5115 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5116 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5117 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5118 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5119 12 1* Red, LightRed
5120 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5121 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5122 15 7* White
5123
5124 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5125 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5126 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5127 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5128 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5129 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5130 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5131 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5132 a number instead of a color name.
5133
5134 The case of the color names is ignored.
5135 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005136 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5137 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005138
5139 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5140 colors!
5141
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005142 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5143
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005144 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5145 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5146 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5147 Example: >
5148 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5149< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005150 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5151 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5152 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5153 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5154 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005155 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005156 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005157 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005158
5159 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5160 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5161 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5162 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005163 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5164 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5165 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5166 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5167 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005168 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5169< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005170 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005171 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5172
5173
51743. highlight arguments for the GUI
5175
5176gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5177 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5178 See |attr-list| for a description.
5179 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5180 have the same effect.
5181 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5182
5183font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5184 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5185 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5186 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5187<
5188 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5189 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5190 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5191 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005192 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005193 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5194 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5195 changed.
5196 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5197 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5198 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005199 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5200 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5201 Example: >
5202 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005203
5204guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5205guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005206guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5207 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005208 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5209 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005210 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005211 NONE no color (transparent)
5212 bg use normal background color
5213 background use normal background color
5214 fg use normal foreground color
5215 foreground use normal foreground color
5216 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5217 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5218 Example: >
5219 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5220<
5221 *gui-colors*
5222 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5223 Red LightRed DarkRed
5224 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5225 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5226 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5227 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5228 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5229 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5230 Black White
5231 Orange Purple Violet
5232
5233 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5234 |win32-colors|.
5235
5236 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5237 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5238 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005239 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005240 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005241 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005242 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005243<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005244 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005245 repeatedly, you can define a name for it in |v:colornames|. For
5246 example: >
5247
5248 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5249 # override it.
5250 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5251 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5252<
5253 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5254 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5255 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5256 scheme: >
5257
5258 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5259 colorscheme alt
5260<
5261 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5262 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5263 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5264 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5265 by a color scheme using: >
5266
5267 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5268 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5269<
5270
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005271 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5272These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5273'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5274of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5275command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005276When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5277unreadable use Visual selection.
5278
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005279 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005280ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005281 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005282Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5283 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005284 *hl-Cursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005285Cursor Character under the cursor.
5286lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5287 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005288 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005289CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005290 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005291CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005292 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005293CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005294 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005295Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005296 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005297DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005298 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005299DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005300 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005301DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005302 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005303DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005304 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005305EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005306 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005307 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005308ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005309 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005310VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005311 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005312Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005313 *hl-FoldColumn*
5314FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5315 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005316SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005317 *hl-IncSearch*
5318IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005319 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005320 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005321LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005322 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005323 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5324LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5325 option is set, above the cursor line.
5326 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5327LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5328 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005329 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005330CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5331 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005332 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5333CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
5334 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5335CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005336 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005337MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005338 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
5339
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005340 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005341ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005342 *hl-MoreMsg*
5343MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5344 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005345NonText '@' at the end of the window, characters from 'showbreak'
5346 and other characters that do not really exist in the text
5347 (e.g., ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't
5348 fit at the end of the line).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005349 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005350Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005351 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005352Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005353 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005354PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005355 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005356PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005357 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5358PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005359 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005360Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005361 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5362QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005363 *hl-Search*
5364Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005365 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005366 *hl-CurSearch*
5367CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005368 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5369 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005370 *hl-SpecialKey*
5371SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5372 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005373 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005374 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005375 *hl-SpellBad*
5376SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5377 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005378 *hl-SpellCap*
5379SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5380 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005381 *hl-SpellLocal*
5382SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5383 used in another region. |spell|
5384 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5385 *hl-SpellRare*
5386SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5387 hardly ever used. |spell|
5388 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005389 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005390StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005391 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5392StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005393 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005394 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005395 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005396StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005397 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005398StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a |terminal|
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005399 window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005400 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005401TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005402 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005403TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005404 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005405TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005406 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005407Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005408 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005409Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005410 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005411Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005412 *hl-VisualNOS*
5413VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5414 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5415 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005416WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005417 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005418WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005419
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005420 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005421The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005422statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005423
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005424For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005425scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5426Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5427and guifg.
5428
5429 *hl-Menu*
5430Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5431 Also used for the toolbar.
5432 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5433
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005434 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005435 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5436 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5437 set.
5438
5439 *hl-Scrollbar*
5440Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5441 scrollbars.
5442 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5443
5444 *hl-Tooltip*
5445Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5446 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5447
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005448 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005449 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5450 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5451 set.
5452
5453==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100545415. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005455
5456When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5457can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5458group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5459
5460To set a link:
5461
5462 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5463
5464To remove a link:
5465
5466 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5467
5468Notes: *E414*
5469- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5470 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5471- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5472 removed.
5473- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5474 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5475 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5476 links for groups that already have settings.
5477
5478 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5479The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5480group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5481will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5482
5483Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5484specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5485 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5486If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5487 :highlight link cComment Question
5488Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5489overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5490
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005491To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5492highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5493another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5494"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5495 highlight! default link cComment Question
5496
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005497==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100549816. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005499
5500If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5501command: >
5502 :syntax clear
5503
5504This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5505or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5506in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5507load the syntax file.
5508The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5509loaded after this command.
5510
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005511To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5512 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5513This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5514
5515To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5516 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5517This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5518
5519 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005520If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5521the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5522 :syntax off
5523
5524What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5525 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5526See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5527$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5528
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005529 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5530If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5531defaults back: >
5532
5533 :syntax reset
5534
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005535It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5536affects the highlighting.
5537
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005538This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5539
5540Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5541back to their Vim default.
5542Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5543scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5544
5545What this actually does is: >
5546
5547 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5548 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5549
5550Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5551
5552 *syncolor*
5553If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5554script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
5555'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
5556the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
5557reset" command.
5558
5559For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
5560
5561 if &background == "light"
5562 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
5563 else
5564 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
5565 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005566<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00005567 *E679*
5568Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
5569'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
5570endless loop.
5571
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005572Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
5573your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
5574depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
5575
5576 *syntax_cmd*
5577The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
5578syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005579 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005580 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005581 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
5582 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
5583 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005584 the colors.
5585 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
5586 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
5587 them.
5588
5589==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100559017. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005591
5592If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
5593mappings.
5594
5595 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
5596 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
5597>
5598 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
5599 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
5600
5601WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
5602memory Vim will consume.
5603
5604Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005605must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
5606at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005607
5608Put these lines in your Makefile:
5609
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005610# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005611types: types.vim
5612types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005613 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005614 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
5615 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
5616
5617And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
5618
5619 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005620 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005621 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005622 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005623 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
5624
5625==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100562618. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005627
5628Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
5629possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
5630private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
5631with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
5632highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
5633italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
5634
5635To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
5636windows on the buffer: >
5637 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005638< *w:current_syntax*
5639This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
5640"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
5641restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
5642"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
5643"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01005644Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005645
5646Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005647on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02005648syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005649same buffer.
5650
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005651A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
5652is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
5653When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005654
5655==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100565619. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005657
5658Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
5659default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
5660 :if &term =~ "xterm"
5661 : if has("terminfo")
5662 : set t_Co=8
5663 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
5664 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
5665 : else
5666 : set t_Co=8
5667 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5668 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5669 : endif
5670 :endif
5671< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5672
5673You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
5674e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
5675
5676Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
5677be wrong.
5678 *xiterm* *rxvt*
5679The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
5680But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
5681 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
5682 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
5683<
5684 *colortest.vim*
5685To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00005686To use it, execute this command: >
5687 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005688
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005689Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005690output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
5691at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
5692colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
5693
5694 *xfree-xterm*
5695To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005696included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005697at: >
5698 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
5699Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
5700termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
5701supports. >
5702 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
5703If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
5704(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
5705
5706This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
5707 :if has("terminfo")
5708 : set t_Co=16
5709 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
5710 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
5711 :else
5712 : set t_Co=16
5713 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5714 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5715 :endif
5716< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5717
5718Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
5719translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
5720Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
5721
5722For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
5723
5724 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
5725 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
5726
5727Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
5728and try if that works.
5729
5730You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
5731 XTerm*color0: #000000
5732 XTerm*color1: #c00000
5733 XTerm*color2: #008000
5734 XTerm*color3: #808000
5735 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
5736 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
5737 XTerm*color6: #008080
5738 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
5739 XTerm*color8: #808080
5740 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
5741 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
5742 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
5743 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
5744 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
5745 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
5746 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
5747 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
5748
5749[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
5750cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005751newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005752
5753To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
5754Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
5755 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
5756<
5757 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
5758To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
5759Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
5760these resources:
5761 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
5762 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
5763 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
5764 XTerm*cursorColor: White
5765
5766 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005767These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005768foreground colors: >
5769 :if has("terminfo")
5770 : set t_Co=8
5771 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
5772 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5773 :else
5774 : set t_Co=8
5775 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
5776 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5777 :endif
5778< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5779
5780 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
5781These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
5782emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
5783bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
5784 :set t_Co=16
5785 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
5786 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
5787<
5788 *TTpro-telnet*
5789These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
5790open-source program for MS-Windows. >
5791 set t_Co=16
5792 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
5793 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
5794Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
5795that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
5796(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
5797
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005798
5799==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100580020. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005801
5802This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
5803
5804If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
5805faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
5806as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
5807
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005808Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02005809You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
5810
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005811To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
5812sequence: >
5813 :syntime on
5814 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
5815 :syntime report
5816
5817This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
5818it took to match them against the text.
5819
5820:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
5821 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
5822 matching.
5823
5824:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
5825
5826:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
5827
5828:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
5829 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
5830 the output.
5831
5832 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
5833 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
5834 matching this pattern.
5835 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
5836 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
5837 matched
5838 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
5839 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
5840 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
5841 this is not unique.
5842 PATTERN The pattern being used.
5843
5844Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
5845include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
5846pattern does NOT match.
5847
5848When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
5849all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
5850literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
5851
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005852"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005853 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005854"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005855
5856
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02005857 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: